Sema.h revision fad0a32da8ea34a58aa0a0dd3fd67cd30959b080
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 44#include <deque> 45#include <string> 46 47namespace llvm { 48 class APSInt; 49 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 50 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 51 class SmallBitVector; 52} 53 54namespace clang { 55 class ADLResult; 56 class ASTConsumer; 57 class ASTContext; 58 class ASTMutationListener; 59 class ASTReader; 60 class ASTWriter; 61 class ArrayType; 62 class AttributeList; 63 class BlockDecl; 64 class CXXBasePath; 65 class CXXBasePaths; 66 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 67 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 68 class CXXConstructorDecl; 69 class CXXConversionDecl; 70 class CXXDestructorDecl; 71 class CXXFieldCollector; 72 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 73 class CXXMethodDecl; 74 class CXXScopeSpec; 75 class CXXTemporary; 76 class CXXTryStmt; 77 class CallExpr; 78 class ClassTemplateDecl; 79 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 80 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 81 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 82 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 83 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 84 class CodeCompletionResult; 85 class Decl; 86 class DeclAccessPair; 87 class DeclContext; 88 class DeclRefExpr; 89 class DeclaratorDecl; 90 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 91 class DependentDiagnostic; 92 class DesignatedInitExpr; 93 class Designation; 94 class EnumConstantDecl; 95 class Expr; 96 class ExtVectorType; 97 class ExternalSemaSource; 98 class FormatAttr; 99 class FriendDecl; 100 class FunctionDecl; 101 class FunctionProtoType; 102 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 103 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 104 class InitListExpr; 105 class InitializationKind; 106 class InitializationSequence; 107 class InitializedEntity; 108 class IntegerLiteral; 109 class LabelStmt; 110 class LambdaExpr; 111 class LangOptions; 112 class LocalInstantiationScope; 113 class LookupResult; 114 class MacroInfo; 115 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 116 class NamedDecl; 117 class NonNullAttr; 118 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 119 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 120 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 121 class ObjCContainerDecl; 122 class ObjCImplDecl; 123 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 124 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 125 class ObjCIvarDecl; 126 template <class T> class ObjCList; 127 class ObjCMessageExpr; 128 class ObjCMethodDecl; 129 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 130 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 131 class OverloadCandidateSet; 132 class OverloadExpr; 133 class ParenListExpr; 134 class ParmVarDecl; 135 class Preprocessor; 136 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 137 class PseudoObjectExpr; 138 class QualType; 139 class StandardConversionSequence; 140 class Stmt; 141 class StringLiteral; 142 class SwitchStmt; 143 class TargetAttributesSema; 144 class TemplateArgument; 145 class TemplateArgumentList; 146 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 147 class TemplateDecl; 148 class TemplateParameterList; 149 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 150 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 151 class Token; 152 class TypeAliasDecl; 153 class TypedefDecl; 154 class TypedefNameDecl; 155 class TypeLoc; 156 class UnqualifiedId; 157 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 158 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 159 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 160 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 161 class UsingDecl; 162 class UsingShadowDecl; 163 class ValueDecl; 164 class VarDecl; 165 class VisibilityAttr; 166 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 167 class IndirectFieldDecl; 168 169namespace sema { 170 class AccessedEntity; 171 class BlockScopeInfo; 172 class CapturingScopeInfo; 173 class CompoundScopeInfo; 174 class DelayedDiagnostic; 175 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 176 class FunctionScopeInfo; 177 class LambdaScopeInfo; 178 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 179 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 180} 181 182// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 183// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 184typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 185 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 186 187/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 188class Sema { 189 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 190 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 191 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 192public: 193 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 194 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 195 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 196 197 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 198 FPOptions FPFeatures; 199 200 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 201 Preprocessor &PP; 202 ASTContext &Context; 203 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 204 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 205 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 206 207 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 208 bool CollectStats; 209 210 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 211 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 212 213 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 214 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 215 216 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 217 DeclContext *CurContext; 218 219 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 220 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 221 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 222 223 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 224 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 225 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 226 227 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 228 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 229 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 230 231 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 232 233 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 234 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 235 236 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 237 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 238 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 239 240 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 241 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 242 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 243 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 244 245 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 246 247 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 248 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 249 /// 250 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 251 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 252 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 253 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 254 255 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 256 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 257 ExtVectorDeclsType; 258 259 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 260 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 261 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 262 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 263 264 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 265 /// definitions being hidden. 266 /// 267 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 268 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 269 270 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 271 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 272 273 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 274 275 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 276 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 277 278 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 279 280 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 281 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 282 /// same list more than once. 283 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 284 285 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 286 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 287 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 288 289 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 290 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 291 /// 292 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 293 /// scoped, e.g., 294 /// 295 /// \code 296 /// void f() { 297 /// void foo(int, int); 298 /// } 299 /// \endcode 300 /// 301 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 302 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 303 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 304 /// 305 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 306 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 307 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 308 /// compatibility. 309 /// 310 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 311 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 312 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 313 /// not visible. 314 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 315 316 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 317 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 318 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 319 320 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 321 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 322 TentativeDefinitionsType; 323 324 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 325 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 329 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 332 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 333 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 337 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 340 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 341 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 342 343 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 344 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 345 /// exception spec. 346 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 347 348 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 349 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 350 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 351 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 352 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 353 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 354 355 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 356 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 357 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 358 void *OpaqueParser; 359 360 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 361 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 362 OpaqueParser = P; 363 } 364 365 class DelayedDiagnostics; 366 367 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 368 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 369 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 370 }; 371 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 372 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 373 374 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 375 /// during parsing and other processing. 376 class DelayedDiagnostics { 377 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 378 /// diagnostics should go. 379 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 380 381 public: 382 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 383 384 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 385 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 386 387 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 388 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 389 390 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 391 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 392 return CurPool; 393 } 394 395 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 396 /// collected in this pool. 397 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 398 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 399 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 400 CurPool = &pool; 401 return state; 402 } 403 404 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 405 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 406 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 407 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 408 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 409 } 410 411 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 412 /// not delayed. 413 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 414 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 415 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 416 CurPool = 0; 417 return state; 418 } 419 420 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 421 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 422 assert(CurPool == NULL); 423 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 424 } 425 } DelayedDiagnostics; 426 427 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 428 class ContextRAII { 429 private: 430 Sema &S; 431 DeclContext *SavedContext; 432 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 433 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 434 435 public: 436 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 437 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 438 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 439 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 440 { 441 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 442 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 443 } 444 445 void pop() { 446 if (!SavedContext) return; 447 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 448 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 449 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 450 SavedContext = 0; 451 } 452 453 ~ContextRAII() { 454 pop(); 455 } 456 }; 457 458 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 459 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 460 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 461 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 462 463 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 464 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 465 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 466 /// in the currently selected standard. 467 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 468 469 470 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 471 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 472 473 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 474 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 475 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 476 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 477 /// It would be best to refactor this. 478 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 479 480 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 481 482 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 483 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 484 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 485 Scope *TUScope; 486 487 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 488 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 491 /// standard library. 492 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 493 494 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 495 /// \<initializer_list>. 496 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 497 498 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 499 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 500 501 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 502 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 503 504 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 505 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 506 507 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 508 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 509 510 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 511 QualType NSNumberPointer; 512 513 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 514 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 515 516 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 517 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 518 519 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 520 QualType NSStringPointer; 521 522 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 523 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 524 525 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 526 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 527 528 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 529 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 530 531 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 532 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 533 534 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 535 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 536 537 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 538 QualType QIDNSCopying; 539 540 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 541 /// have been declared. 542 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 543 544 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 545 /// call was found yet. 546 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 547 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 548 /// call was found yet. 549 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 550 551 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 552 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 553 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 554 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 555 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 556 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 557 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 558 /// run time. 559 Unevaluated, 560 561 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 562 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 563 /// cases in a switch statment). 564 ConstantEvaluated, 565 566 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 567 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 568 /// expression at run time. 569 PotentiallyEvaluated, 570 571 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 572 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 573 /// in fact the current expression is used. 574 /// 575 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 576 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 577 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 578 /// until the default argument is used. 579 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 580 }; 581 582 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 583 /// expression evaluation contexts. 584 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 585 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 586 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 587 588 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 589 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 590 591 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 592 bool IsDecltype; 593 594 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 595 /// this expression evaluation context. 596 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 597 598 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 599 600 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 601 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 602 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 603 604 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 605 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 606 /// default function argument. 607 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 608 609 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 610 /// within this context. 611 /// 612 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 613 /// do not have lambda expressions. 614 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 615 616 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 617 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 618 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 619 620 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 621 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 622 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 623 624 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 625 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 626 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 627 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 628 bool IsDecltype) 629 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 630 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 631 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 632 633 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 634 delete LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 637 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 638 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 639 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 640 if (!LambdaMangle) 641 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 642 return *LambdaMangle; 643 } 644 }; 645 646 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 647 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 648 649 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 650 /// function. 651 /// 652 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 653 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 654 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 655 public: 656 enum Kind { 657 NoMemberOrDeleted, 658 Ambiguous, 659 Success 660 }; 661 662 private: 663 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 664 665 public: 666 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 667 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 668 {} 669 670 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 671 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 672 673 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 674 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 675 }; 676 677 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 678 /// for C++ records. 679 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 680 681 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 682 /// 683 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 684 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 685 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 686 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 687 /// checks. 688 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 689 690 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 691 692 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 693 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 694 695 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 696 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 697 698 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 699 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 700 /// 701 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 702 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 703 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 704 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 705 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 706 707 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 708 // argument locations. 709 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 710 711 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 712 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 713 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 714 715 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 716 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 717 718 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 719 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 720 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 721 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 722 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 723 724 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 725 /// of -Wselector. 726 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 727 728 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 729 730 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 731 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 732 733 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 734 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 735 /// should not be used elsewhere. 736 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 737 738public: 739 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 740 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 741 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 742 ~Sema(); 743 744 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 745 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 746 void Initialize(); 747 748 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 749 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 750 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 751 752 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 753 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 754 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 755 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 756 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 757 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 758 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 759 760 void PrintStats() const; 761 762 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 763 /// template instantiation stacks. 764 /// 765 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 766 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 767 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 768 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 769 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 770 /// well. 771 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 772 Sema &SemaRef; 773 unsigned DiagID; 774 775 public: 776 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 777 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 778 779 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 780 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 781 if (!isActive()) return; 782 783 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 784 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 785 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 786 // 787 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 788 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 789 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 790 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 791 // eliminate that code. 792 FlushCounts(); 793 Clear(); 794 795 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 796 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 797 } 798 }; 799 800 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 801 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 802 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 803 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 804 } 805 806 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 807 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 808 809 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 810 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 811 812 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 813 814 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 815 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 816 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 817 818 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 819 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 820 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 821 822 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 823 824 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 825 826 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 827 828 void PushFunctionScope(); 829 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 830 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 831 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 832 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 833 834 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 835 return FunctionScopes.back(); 836 } 837 838 void PushCompoundScope(); 839 void PopCompoundScope(); 840 841 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 842 843 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 844 845 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 846 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 847 848 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 849 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 850 851 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 852 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 853 854 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 855 856 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 857 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 858 // 859 860 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 861 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 862 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 863 } 864 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 865 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 866 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 868 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 869 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 870 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 871 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 872 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 873 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 874 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 875 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 876 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 877 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 878 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 879 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 880 SourceLocation Loc, 881 DeclarationName Entity); 882 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 883 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 884 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 885 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 886 887 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 888 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 889 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 890 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 891 892 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 893 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 894 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 895 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 896 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 897 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 898 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 900 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 901 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 902 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 903 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 904 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 905 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 906 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 907 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 908 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 909 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 910 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 911 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 912 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 913 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 914 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 915 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 916 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 917 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 918 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 919 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 920 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 921 922 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 923 924 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 925 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 926 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 927 928 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 929 struct TypeDiagnoser { 930 bool Suppressed; 931 932 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 933 934 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 935 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 936 }; 937 938 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 939 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 940 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 941 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 942 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 943 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 944 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 945 return II; 946 } 947 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 948 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 949 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 950 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 951 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 952 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 953 954 template<typename T1> 955 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 956 unsigned DiagID; 957 const T1 &Arg1; 958 959 public: 960 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 961 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 962 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 963 if (Suppressed) return; 964 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 965 } 966 967 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 968 }; 969 970 template<typename T1, typename T2> 971 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 972 unsigned DiagID; 973 const T1 &Arg1; 974 const T2 &Arg2; 975 976 public: 977 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 978 const T2 &Arg2) 979 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 980 Arg2(Arg2) { } 981 982 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 983 if (Suppressed) return; 984 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 985 } 986 987 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 988 }; 989 990 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 991 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 992 unsigned DiagID; 993 const T1 &Arg1; 994 const T2 &Arg2; 995 const T3 &Arg3; 996 997 public: 998 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 999 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1000 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1001 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1002 1003 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1004 if (Suppressed) return; 1005 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1006 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1007 } 1008 1009 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1010 }; 1011 1012 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1013 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1014 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1015 unsigned DiagID); 1016 1017 template<typename T1> 1018 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1019 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1020 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1021 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1022 } 1023 1024 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1025 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1026 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1027 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1028 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1029 } 1030 1031 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1032 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1033 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1034 const T3 &Arg3) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1036 Arg3); 1037 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1038 } 1039 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1041 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1042 1043 template<typename T1> 1044 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1045 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1046 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1047 } 1048 1049 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1050 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1051 const T2 &Arg2) { 1052 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1053 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1054 } 1055 1056 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1057 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1058 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1059 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1060 Arg3); 1061 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1062 } 1063 1064 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1065 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1067 1068 template<typename T1> 1069 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1070 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1071 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1072 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1073 } 1074 1075 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1076 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1077 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1078 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1079 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1080 } 1081 1082 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1083 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1084 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1085 const T3 &Arg3) { 1086 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1087 Arg3); 1088 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1092 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1093 1094 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1095 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1096 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1097 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1098 SourceLocation Loc); 1099 1100 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1101 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1102 // 1103 1104 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1105 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1106 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1107 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1108 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1109 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1110 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1111 /// such as: 1112 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1113 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1114 1115 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1116 1117 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1118 1119 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1120 1121 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1122 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1123 bool isClassName = false, 1124 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1125 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1126 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1127 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1128 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1129 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1130 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1131 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1132 SourceLocation IILoc, 1133 Scope *S, 1134 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1135 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1136 1137 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1138 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1139 enum NameClassificationKind { 1140 NC_Unknown, 1141 NC_Error, 1142 NC_Keyword, 1143 NC_Type, 1144 NC_Expression, 1145 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1146 NC_TypeTemplate, 1147 NC_FunctionTemplate 1148 }; 1149 1150 class NameClassification { 1151 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1152 ExprResult Expr; 1153 TemplateName Template; 1154 ParsedType Type; 1155 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1156 1157 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1158 1159 public: 1160 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1161 1162 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1163 1164 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1165 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1166 1167 static NameClassification Error() { 1168 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1169 } 1170 1171 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1172 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1173 } 1174 1175 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1176 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1186 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1187 Result.Template = Name; 1188 return Result; 1189 } 1190 1191 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1192 1193 ParsedType getType() const { 1194 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1195 return Type; 1196 } 1197 1198 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1199 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1200 return Expr; 1201 } 1202 1203 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1204 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1205 return Template; 1206 } 1207 1208 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1209 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1210 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1211 } 1212}; 1213 1214 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1215 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1216 /// 1217 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1218 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1219 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1220 /// 1221 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1222 /// 1223 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1224 /// 1225 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1226 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1227 /// 1228 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1229 /// 1230 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1231 /// disambiguate the name. 1232 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1233 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1234 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1235 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1236 const Token &NextToken); 1237 1238 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1239 1240 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1241 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1242 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1243 const LookupResult &Previous, 1244 Scope *S); 1245 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1246 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1247 DeclarationName Name, 1248 SourceLocation Loc); 1249 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1250 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1251 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1252 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1253 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1254 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1255 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1256 LookupResult &Previous); 1257 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1259 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1260 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1261 LookupResult &Previous, 1262 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1263 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1264 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1265 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1266 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1267 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1268 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1269 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1270 LookupResult &Previous, 1271 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1272 bool &AddToScope); 1273 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1274 1275 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1276 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1277 1278 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1279 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1280 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1281 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1282 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1283 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1284 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1285 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1286 SourceLocation Loc, 1287 QualType T); 1288 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1289 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1290 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1291 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1292 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1293 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1294 Expr *defarg); 1295 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1296 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1297 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1298 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1299 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1300 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1301 1302 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1303 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1304 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1305 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1306 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1307 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1308 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1309 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1310 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1311 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1312 Decl **Group, 1313 unsigned NumDecls); 1314 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1315 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1316 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1317 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1318 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1319 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1320 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1321 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodOrCFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, 1322 bool parseMethod); 1323 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1324 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1325 } 1326 1327 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1328 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1329 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1330 1331 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1332 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1333 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1334 1335 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1336 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1337 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1338 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1339 1340 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1341 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1342 /// specified threshold. 1343 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1344 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1345 QualType ReturnTy, 1346 NamedDecl *D); 1347 1348 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1349 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1350 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1351 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1352 1353 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1354 /// 1355 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1356 /// 1357 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1358 /// 1359 /// \param Path The module access path. 1360 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1361 ModuleIdPath Path); 1362 1363 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1364 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1365 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1366 } 1367 1368 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1369 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1370 const Preprocessor &PP); 1371 1372 /// Scope actions. 1373 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1374 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1375 1376 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1377 DeclSpec &DS); 1378 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1379 DeclSpec &DS, 1380 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1381 1382 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1383 AccessSpecifier AS, 1384 RecordDecl *Record); 1385 1386 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1387 RecordDecl *Record); 1388 1389 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1390 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1391 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1392 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1393 1394 enum TagUseKind { 1395 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1396 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1397 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1398 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1399 }; 1400 1401 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1402 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1403 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1404 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1405 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1406 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1407 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1408 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1409 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1410 1411 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1412 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1413 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1414 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1415 AttributeList *Attr, 1416 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1417 1418 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1419 unsigned TagSpec, 1420 TagUseKind TUK, 1421 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1422 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1423 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1424 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1425 1426 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1427 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1428 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1429 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1430 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1431 1432 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1433 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1434 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1435 AccessSpecifier AS); 1436 1437 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1439 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1440 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1441 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1442 SourceLocation TSSL, 1443 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1444 Declarator *D = 0); 1445 1446 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1447 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1448 CXXCopyConstructor, 1449 CXXMoveConstructor, 1450 CXXCopyAssignment, 1451 CXXMoveAssignment, 1452 CXXDestructor, 1453 CXXInvalid 1454 }; 1455 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1456 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1457 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1458 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1459 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1460 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1461 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1462 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1463 1464 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1465 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1466 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1467 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1468 AttributeList *AttrList); 1469 1470 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1471 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1472 /// struct, or union). 1473 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1474 1475 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1476 1477 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1478 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1479 /// member declarations. 1480 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1481 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1482 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1483 1484 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1485 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1486 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1487 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1488 1489 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1490 1491 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1492 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1493 /// 1494 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1495 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1496 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1497 1498 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1499 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1500 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1501 1502 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1503 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1504 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1505 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1506 Expr *val); 1507 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1508 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1509 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1510 1511 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1512 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1513 AttributeList *Attrs, 1514 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1515 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1516 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1517 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1518 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1519 1520 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1521 1522 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1523 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1524 void PopDeclContext(); 1525 1526 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1527 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1528 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1529 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1530 1531 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1532 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1533 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1534 1535 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1536 1537 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1538 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1539 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1540 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1541 1542 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1543 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1544 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1545 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1546 1547 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1548 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1549 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1550 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1551 1552 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1553 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1554 1555 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1556 /// top level scope. 1557 /// 1558 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1559 /// 1560 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1561 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1562 1563 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1564 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1565 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1566 /// 1567 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1568 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1569 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1570 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1571 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1572 1573 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1574 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1575 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1576 1577 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1578 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1580 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1581 1582 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1583 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1584 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1585 VersionTuple Introduced, 1586 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1587 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1588 bool IsUnavailable, 1589 StringRef Message); 1590 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1591 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1592 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1593 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1594 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1595 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1596 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1597 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1598 1599 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1600 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1601 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1602 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1603 Scope *S); 1604 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1605 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1606 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1607 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1608 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1609 1610 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1611 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1612 enum AssignmentAction { 1613 AA_Assigning, 1614 AA_Passing, 1615 AA_Returning, 1616 AA_Converting, 1617 AA_Initializing, 1618 AA_Sending, 1619 AA_Casting 1620 }; 1621 1622 /// C++ Overloading. 1623 enum OverloadKind { 1624 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1625 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1626 Ovl_Overload, 1627 1628 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1629 /// an existing declaration. 1630 Ovl_Match, 1631 1632 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1633 /// non-function. 1634 Ovl_NonFunction 1635 }; 1636 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1637 FunctionDecl *New, 1638 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1639 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1640 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1641 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1642 1643 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1644 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1645 /// 1646 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1647 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1648 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1649 1650 ImplicitConversionSequence 1651 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1652 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1653 bool AllowExplicit, 1654 bool InOverloadResolution, 1655 bool CStyle, 1656 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1657 1658 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1659 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1660 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1661 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1662 bool InOverloadResolution, 1663 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1664 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1665 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1666 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1667 QualType &ConvertedType); 1668 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1669 QualType& ConvertedType); 1670 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1671 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1672 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1673 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1674 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1677 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1678 CastKind &Kind, 1679 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1680 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1681 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1682 bool InOverloadResolution, 1683 QualType &ConvertedType); 1684 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1685 CastKind &Kind, 1686 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1687 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1688 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1689 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1690 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1691 QualType &ResultTy); 1692 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1693 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1696 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1697 QualType ResultType, 1698 Expr *Value, 1699 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1700 1701 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1702 ExprResult Init); 1703 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1704 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1705 ExprResult Init, 1706 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1707 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1708 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1709 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1710 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1711 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1712 1713 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1714 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1715 1716 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1717 enum CCEKind { 1718 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1719 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1720 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1721 }; 1722 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1723 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1724 1725 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1726 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1727 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1728 public: 1729 bool Suppress; 1730 bool SuppressConversion; 1731 1732 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1733 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1734 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1735 1736 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1737 /// integral or enumeration type. 1738 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1739 QualType T) = 0; 1740 1741 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1742 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1743 QualType T) = 0; 1744 1745 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1746 /// is explicit. 1747 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1748 QualType T, 1749 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1750 1751 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1752 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1753 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1754 1755 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1756 /// functions. 1757 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1758 QualType T) = 0; 1759 1760 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1761 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1762 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1763 1764 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1765 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1766 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1767 QualType T, 1768 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1769 1770 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1771 }; 1772 1773 ExprResult 1774 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1775 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1776 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1777 1778 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1779 OS_Array, 1780 OS_Dictionary, 1781 OS_Error 1782 }; 1783 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1784 1785 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1786 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1787 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1788 NamedDecl *Member); 1789 1790 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1791 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1792 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1793 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1794 1795 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1798 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1799 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1800 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1801 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1802 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1803 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1804 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1805 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1806 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1807 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1808 QualType ObjectType, 1809 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1810 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1811 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1812 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1813 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1814 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1815 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1816 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1817 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1818 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1819 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1820 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1821 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1822 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1823 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1824 QualType ObjectType, 1825 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1826 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1827 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1828 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1829 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1830 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1831 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1832 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1833 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1834 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1835 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1836 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1837 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1838 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1839 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1840 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1841 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1842 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1843 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1844 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1845 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1846 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1847 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1848 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1849 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1850 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1851 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1852 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1853 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1854 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1855 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1856 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1857 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1858 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1859 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1860 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1861 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1862 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1863 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1864 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1865 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1866 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1867 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1868 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1869 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1870 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1871 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1872 1873 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1874 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1875 1876 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1877 // identified by the expression Expr 1878 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1879 1880 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1881 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1882 // R (A) --> R(A) 1883 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1884 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1885 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1886 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1887 1888 FunctionDecl * 1889 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1890 QualType TargetType, 1891 bool Complain, 1892 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1893 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1894 1895 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1896 bool Complain = false, 1897 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1898 1899 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1900 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1901 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1902 bool Complain = false, 1903 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1904 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1905 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1906 1907 1908 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1909 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1910 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1911 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1912 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1913 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1914 1915 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1916 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1917 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1918 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1919 1920 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1921 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1922 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1923 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1924 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1925 Expr *ExecConfig, 1926 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1927 1928 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1929 unsigned Opc, 1930 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1931 Expr *input); 1932 1933 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1934 unsigned Opc, 1935 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1936 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1937 1938 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1939 SourceLocation RLoc, 1940 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1941 1942 ExprResult 1943 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1944 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1945 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1946 ExprResult 1947 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1948 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1949 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1950 1951 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1952 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1953 1954 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1955 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1956 /// that best represents the call. 1957 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1958 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1959 1960 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1961 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1962 bool CheckParameterNames); 1963 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1964 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1965 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1966 1967 /// \name Name lookup 1968 /// 1969 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1970 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1971 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1972 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1973 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1974 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1975 /// 1976 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1977 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1978 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1979 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1980 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1981 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1982 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1983 /// 1984 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1985 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1986 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1987 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1988 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1989 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1990 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1991 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1992 //@{ 1993 1994 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1995 enum LookupNameKind { 1996 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1997 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1998 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1999 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2000 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2001 /// structs, and unions. 2002 LookupTagName, 2003 /// Label name lookup. 2004 LookupLabel, 2005 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2006 /// class/struct/union members. 2007 LookupMemberName, 2008 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2009 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2010 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2011 LookupOperatorName, 2012 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2013 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2014 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2015 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2016 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2017 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2018 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2019 LookupNamespaceName, 2020 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2021 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2022 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2023 LookupUsingDeclName, 2024 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2025 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2026 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2027 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2028 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2029 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2030 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2031 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2032 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2033 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2034 LookupAnyName 2035 }; 2036 2037 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2038 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2039 enum RedeclarationKind { 2040 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2041 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2042 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2043 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2044 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2045 ForRedeclaration 2046 }; 2047 2048 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2049 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2050 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2051 LOLR_Error, 2052 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2053 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2054 LOLR_Cooked, 2055 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2056 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2057 LOLR_Raw, 2058 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2059 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2060 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2061 LOLR_Template 2062 }; 2063 2064 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2065 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2066 bool ConstArg, 2067 bool VolatileArg, 2068 bool RValueThis, 2069 bool ConstThis, 2070 bool VolatileThis); 2071 2072private: 2073 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2074 2075 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2076 // 2077 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2078 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2079 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2080 2081 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2082 /// source. 2083 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2084 2085public: 2086 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2087 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2088 /// 2089 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2090 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2091 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2092 SourceLocation Loc, 2093 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2094 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2095 = NotForRedeclaration); 2096 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2097 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2098 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2099 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2100 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2101 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2102 bool EnteringContext = false); 2103 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2104 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2105 = NotForRedeclaration); 2106 2107 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2108 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2109 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2110 2111 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2112 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2113 2114 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2115 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2116 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2117 unsigned Quals); 2118 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2119 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2120 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2121 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2122 unsigned ThisQuals); 2123 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2124 2125 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2126 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2127 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2128 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2129 2130 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2131 SourceLocation Loc, 2132 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 ADLResult &Functions, 2134 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2135 2136 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2137 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2138 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2139 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2140 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2141 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2142 2143 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2144 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2145 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2146 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2147 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2148 bool EnteringContext = false, 2149 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2150 2151 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2152 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2153 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2154 2155 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2156 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2157 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2158 2159 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2160 //@} 2161 2162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2163 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2164 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2165 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2166 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2167 SourceLocation Loc); 2168 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2169 Scope *S); 2170 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2171 2172 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2173 2174 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2175 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2176 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2177 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2178 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2179 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2180 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2181 2182 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2183 2184 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2185 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2186 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2187 2188 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2189 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2190 SourceRange Range); 2191 2192 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2193 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2194 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2195 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2196 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2197 2198 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2199 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2200 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2201 2202 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2203 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2204 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2205 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2206 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2207 2208 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2210 2211 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2212 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2213 2214 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2215 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2216 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2217 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2218 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2219 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2220 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2221 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2222 2223 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2224 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2225 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2226 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2227 SourceLocation Loc); 2228 2229 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2230 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2231 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2232 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2233 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2234 2235 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2236 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2237 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2238 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2239 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2240 2241 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2242 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2243 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2244 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2245 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2246 2247 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2248 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2249 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2250 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2251 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2252 2253 2254 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2255 /// its protocols. 2256 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2257 IdentifierInfo *II); 2258 2259 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2260 /// class extensions. 2261 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2262 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2264 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2265 Selector GetterSel, 2266 Selector SetterSel, 2267 const bool isAssign, 2268 const bool isReadWrite, 2269 const unsigned Attributes, 2270 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2271 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2272 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2273 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2274 2275 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2276 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2277 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2278 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2279 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2280 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2281 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2282 Selector GetterSel, 2283 Selector SetterSel, 2284 const bool isAssign, 2285 const bool isReadWrite, 2286 const unsigned Attributes, 2287 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2288 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2289 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2290 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2291 2292 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2293 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2294 /// setter or getter. 2295 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2296 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2297 2298 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2299 2300 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2301 2302 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2303 MMS_loose, 2304 MMS_strict 2305 }; 2306 2307 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2308 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2309 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2310 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2311 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2312 2313 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2314 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2315 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2316 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2317 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2318 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2319 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2320 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2321 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2322 bool ImmediateClass, 2323 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2324 2325 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2326 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2327 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2328 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2329 2330 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2331 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2332 2333private: 2334 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2335 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2336 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2337 2338 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2339 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2340 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2341 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2342 bool warn, bool instance); 2343 2344public: 2345 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2346 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2347 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2348 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2349 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2350 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2351 } 2352 2353 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2354 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2355 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2356 } 2357 2358 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2359 /// pool. 2360 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2361 2362 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2363 /// there are multiple signatures. 2364 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2365 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2366 bool warn=true) { 2367 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2368 warn, /*instance*/true); 2369 } 2370 2371 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2372 /// there are multiple signatures. 2373 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2374 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2375 bool warn=true) { 2376 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2377 warn, /*instance*/false); 2378 } 2379 2380 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2381 /// implementation. 2382 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2383 2384 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2385 /// initialization. 2386 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2387 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2388 2389 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2390 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2391public: 2392 class FullExprArg { 2393 public: 2394 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2395 2396 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2397 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2398 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2399 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2400 2401 ExprResult release() { 2402 return move(E); 2403 } 2404 2405 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2406 2407 Expr *operator->() { 2408 return E; 2409 } 2410 2411 private: 2412 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2413 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2414 friend class Sema; 2415 2416 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2417 2418 Expr *E; 2419 }; 2420 2421 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2422 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2423 } 2424 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2425 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2426 } 2427 2428 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2429 2430 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2431 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2432 2433 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2434 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2435 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2436 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2437 bool isStmtExpr); 2438 2439 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2440 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2441 public: 2442 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2443 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2444 } 2445 2446 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2447 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2448 } 2449 2450 private: 2451 Sema &S; 2452 }; 2453 2454 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2455 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2456 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2457 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2458 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2459 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2460 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2461 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2462 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2463 2464 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2465 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2466 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2467 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2468 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2469 2470 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2471 Stmt *SubStmt); 2472 2473 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2474 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2475 Stmt *ThenVal, 2476 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2477 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2478 Expr *Cond, 2479 Decl *CondVar); 2480 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2481 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2482 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2483 FullExprArg Cond, 2484 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2485 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2486 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2487 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2488 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2489 2490 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2491 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2492 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2493 Decl *SecondVar, 2494 FullExprArg Third, 2495 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2496 Stmt *Body); 2497 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2498 Expr *collection); 2499 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2500 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2501 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2502 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2503 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2504 2505 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2506 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2507 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2508 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2509 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2510 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2511 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2512 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2513 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2514 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2515 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2516 2517 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2518 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2519 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2520 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2521 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2522 Expr *DestExp); 2523 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2524 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2525 2526 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2527 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2528 2529 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2530 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2531 2532 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2533 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2534 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2535 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2536 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2537 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2538 Expr *AsmString, 2539 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2540 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2541 bool MSAsm = false); 2542 2543 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2544 std::string &AsmString, 2545 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2546 2547 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2548 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2549 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2550 bool Invalid = false); 2551 2552 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2553 2554 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2555 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2556 2557 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2558 2559 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2560 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2561 2562 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2563 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2564 Scope *CurScope); 2565 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2566 Expr *operand); 2567 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2568 Expr *SynchExpr, 2569 Stmt *SynchBody); 2570 2571 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2572 2573 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2574 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2575 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2576 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2577 2578 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2579 2580 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2581 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2582 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2583 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2584 2585 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2586 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2587 Stmt *TryBlock, 2588 Stmt *Handler); 2589 2590 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2591 Expr *FilterExpr, 2592 Stmt *Block); 2593 2594 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2595 Stmt *Block); 2596 2597 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2598 2599 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2600 2601 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2602 /// of it. 2603 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2604 2605 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2606 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2607 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2608 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2609 2610 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2611 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2612 /// 2613 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2614 /// if (condition); 2615 /// do_stuff(); 2616 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2617 const Stmt *Body, 2618 unsigned DiagID); 2619 2620 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2621 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2622 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2623 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2624 2625 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2626 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2627 } 2628 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2629 2630 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2631 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2632 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2633 } 2634 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2635 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2636 } 2637 2638 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2639 2640 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2641 SourceLocation Loc, 2642 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2643 2644 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2645 2646 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2647 StringRef message); 2648 2649 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2650 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2651 2652 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2653 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2654 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2655 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2656 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2657 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2658 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2659 SourceLocation Loc); 2660 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2661 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2662 2663 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2664 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2665 bool IsDecltype = false); 2666 2667 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2668 2669 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2670 2671 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2672 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2673 2674 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2675 2676 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2677 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2678 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2679 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2680 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2681 // named expressions. 2682 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2683 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2684 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2685 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2686 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2687 2688 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2689 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2690 2691 enum TryCaptureKind { 2692 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2693 }; 2694 2695 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2696 /// 2697 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2698 /// 2699 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2700 /// 2701 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2702 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2703 /// 2704 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2705 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2706 /// 2707 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2708 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2709 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2710 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2711 /// 2712 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2713 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2714 /// variable can be captured. 2715 /// 2716 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2717 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2718 /// captured. 2719 /// 2720 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2721 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2722 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2723 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2724 QualType &CaptureType, 2725 QualType &DeclRefType); 2726 2727 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2728 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2729 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2730 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2731 2732 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2733 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2734 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2735 2736 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2737 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2738 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2739 2740 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2741 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2742 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2743 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2744 bool ForceComplain = false, 2745 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2746 2747 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2748 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2749 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2750 2751 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2752 /// evaluation context. 2753 /// 2754 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2755 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2756 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2757 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2758 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2759 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2760 2761 // Primary Expressions. 2762 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2763 2764 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2765 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2766 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2767 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2768 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2769 2770 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2771 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2772 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2773 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2774 2775 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2776 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2777 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2778 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2779 2780 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2781 IdentifierInfo *II, 2782 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2783 2784 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2785 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2786 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2787 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2788 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2789 2790 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2791 ExprValueKind VK, 2792 SourceLocation Loc, 2793 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2794 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2795 ExprValueKind VK, 2796 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2797 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2798 ExprResult 2799 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2800 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2801 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2802 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2803 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2804 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2805 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2806 LookupResult &R, 2807 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2808 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2809 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2810 LookupResult &R, 2811 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2812 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2813 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2814 const LookupResult &R, 2815 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2816 2817 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2818 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2819 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2821 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2822 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2823 2824 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2825 LookupResult &R, 2826 bool NeedsADL); 2827 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2828 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2829 NamedDecl *D); 2830 2831 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2832 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2833 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2834 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2835 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2836 2837 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2838 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2839 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2840 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2841 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2842 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2843 SourceLocation R, 2844 MultiExprArg Val); 2845 2846 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2847 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2848 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2849 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2850 2851 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2852 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2853 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2854 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2855 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2856 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2857 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2858 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2859 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2860 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2861 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2862 Expr **Exprs, 2863 unsigned NumAssocs); 2864 2865 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2866 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2867 Expr *InputExpr); 2868 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2869 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2870 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2871 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2872 2873 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2874 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2875 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2876 SourceRange R); 2877 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2878 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2879 ExprResult 2880 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2881 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2882 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2883 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2884 2885 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2886 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2887 2888 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2889 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2890 SourceRange ExprRange, 2891 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2892 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2893 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2894 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2895 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2896 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2897 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2898 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2899 2900 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2901 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2902 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2903 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2904 2905 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2906 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2907 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2908 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2909 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2910 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2911 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2912 2913 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2914 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2915 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2916 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2917 // defines a custom operator->). 2918 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2919 Scope *S; 2920 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2921 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2922 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2923 }; 2924 2925 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2926 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2927 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2928 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2929 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2930 LookupResult &R, 2931 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2932 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2933 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2934 2935 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2936 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2937 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2938 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2939 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2940 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2941 2942 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2943 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2944 const LookupResult &R); 2945 2946 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2947 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2948 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2949 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2950 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2951 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2952 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2953 2954 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2955 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2956 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2957 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2958 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2959 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2960 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2961 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2962 2963 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2964 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2965 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2966 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2967 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2968 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2969 bool ExecConfig = false); 2970 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2971 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2972 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2973 2974 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2975 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2976 /// locations. 2977 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2978 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2979 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2980 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2981 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2982 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2983 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2984 Expr *Config = 0, 2985 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2986 2987 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2988 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2989 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2990 2991 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2992 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2993 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2994 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2995 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2996 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2997 Expr *Op); 2998 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2999 3000 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3001 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3002 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3003 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3004 3005 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3006 3007 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3008 ParsedType Ty, 3009 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3010 Expr *InitExpr); 3011 3012 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3013 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3014 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3015 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3016 3017 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3018 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3019 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3020 3021 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3022 SourceLocation Loc, 3023 bool GNUSyntax, 3024 ExprResult Init); 3025 3026 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3027 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3028 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3029 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3030 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3031 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3032 3033 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3034 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3035 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3036 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3037 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3038 3039 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3040 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3041 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3042 3043 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3044 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3045 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3046 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3047 3048 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3049 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3050 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3051 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3052 union { 3053 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3054 Expr *E; 3055 } U; 3056 }; 3057 3058 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3059 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3061 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3062 unsigned NumComponents, 3063 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3064 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3065 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3066 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3067 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3068 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3069 unsigned NumComponents, 3070 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3071 3072 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3073 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3074 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3075 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3076 3077 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3078 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3079 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3080 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3081 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3082 3083 // __null 3084 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3085 3086 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3087 3088 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3089 enum IfExistsResult { 3090 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3091 IER_Exists, 3092 3093 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3094 IER_DoesNotExist, 3095 3096 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3097 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3098 IER_Dependent, 3099 3100 /// \brief An error occurred. 3101 IER_Error 3102 }; 3103 3104 IfExistsResult 3105 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3106 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3107 3108 IfExistsResult 3109 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3110 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3111 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3112 3113 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3114 bool IsIfExists, 3115 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3116 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3117 Stmt *Nested); 3118 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3119 bool IsIfExists, 3120 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3121 Stmt *Nested); 3122 3123 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3124 3125 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3126 /// started. 3127 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3128 3129 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3130 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3131 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3132 Scope *CurScope); 3133 3134 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3135 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3136 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3137 3138 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3139 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3140 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3141 Scope *CurScope); 3142 3143 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3144 3145 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3146 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3147 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3148 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3149 3150 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3151 3152 // Act on C++ namespaces 3153 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3154 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3155 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3156 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3157 SourceLocation LBrace, 3158 AttributeList *AttrList); 3159 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3160 3161 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3162 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3163 3164 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3165 3166 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3167 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3168 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3169 3170 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3171 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3172 /// 3173 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3174 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3175 3176 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3177 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3178 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3179 3180 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3181 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3182 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3183 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3184 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3185 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3186 AttributeList *AttrList); 3187 3188 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3189 3190 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3191 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3192 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3193 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3194 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3195 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3196 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3197 3198 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3199 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3200 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3201 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3202 NamedDecl *Target); 3203 3204 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3205 bool isTypeName, 3206 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3207 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3208 const LookupResult &Previous); 3209 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3210 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3211 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3212 3213 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3214 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3215 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3216 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3217 AttributeList *AttrList, 3218 bool IsInstantiation, 3219 bool IsTypeName, 3220 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3221 3222 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3223 3224 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3225 AccessSpecifier AS, 3226 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3227 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3228 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3229 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3230 AttributeList *AttrList, 3231 bool IsTypeName, 3232 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3233 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3234 AccessSpecifier AS, 3235 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3236 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3237 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3238 TypeResult Type); 3239 3240 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3241 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3242 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3243 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3244 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3245 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3246 3247 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3248 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3249 /// 3250 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3251 ExprResult 3252 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3253 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3254 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3255 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3256 3257 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3258 // the constructor can be elidable? 3259 ExprResult 3260 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3261 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3262 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3263 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3264 SourceRange ParenRange); 3265 3266 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3267 /// the default expr if needed. 3268 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3269 FunctionDecl *FD, 3270 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3271 3272 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3273 /// constructed variable. 3274 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3275 3276 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3277 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3278 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3279 // Pointer to allow copying 3280 Sema *Self; 3281 // We order exception specifications thus: 3282 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3283 // throw() comes next. 3284 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3285 // Finally no specification. 3286 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3287 // 3288 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3289 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3290 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3291 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3292 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3293 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3294 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3296 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3297 3298 void ClearExceptions() { 3299 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3300 Exceptions.clear(); 3301 } 3302 3303 public: 3304 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3305 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3306 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3307 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3308 } 3309 3310 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3311 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3312 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3313 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3314 return ComputedEST; 3315 } 3316 3317 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3318 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3319 3320 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3321 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3322 3323 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3324 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3325 3326 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3327 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3328 3329 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3330 void SetDelayed() { 3331 ClearExceptions(); 3332 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3333 } 3334 3335 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3336 bool isDelayed() { 3337 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3338 } 3339 3340 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3341 /// computed exception specification. 3342 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3343 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3344 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3345 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3346 } 3347 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3348 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3349 getEPI(EPI); 3350 return EPI; 3351 } 3352 }; 3353 3354 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3355 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3356 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3357 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3358 3359 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3360 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3361 /// will be const. 3362 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3363 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3364 3365 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3366 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3367 /// parameter will be const. 3368 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3369 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3370 3371 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3372 /// constructor of a class will have. 3373 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3374 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3375 3376 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3377 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3378 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3379 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3380 3381 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3382 /// destructor of a class will have. 3383 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3384 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3385 3386 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3387 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3388 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3389 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3390 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3391 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3392 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3393 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3394 3395 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3396 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3397 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3398 bool Diagnose = false); 3399 3400 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3401 /// 3402 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3403 /// default constructor will be added. 3404 /// 3405 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3406 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3407 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3408 3409 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3410 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3411 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3412 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3413 3414 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3415 /// 3416 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3417 /// destructor will be added. 3418 /// 3419 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3420 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3421 3422 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3423 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3424 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3425 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3426 3427 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3428 /// 3429 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3430 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3431 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3432 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3433 bool WasDelayed = false); 3434 3435 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3436 /// 3437 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3438 /// constructors will be added. 3439 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3440 3441 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3442 /// 3443 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3444 /// copy constructor will be added. 3445 /// 3446 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3447 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3448 3449 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3450 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3451 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3452 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3453 3454 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3455 /// 3456 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3457 /// move constructor will be added. 3458 /// 3459 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3460 /// declared. 3461 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3462 3463 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3464 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3465 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3466 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3467 3468 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3469 /// 3470 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3471 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3472 /// 3473 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3474 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3475 3476 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3477 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3478 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3479 3480 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3481 /// 3482 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3483 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3484 /// 3485 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3486 /// wasn't declared. 3487 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3488 3489 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3490 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3491 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3492 3493 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3494 /// class. 3495 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3496 3497 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3498 /// special member function. 3499 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3500 3501 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3502 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3503 /// 3504 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3505 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3506 3507 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3508 /// member function. 3509 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3510 3511 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3512 /// static member function. 3513 /// 3514 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3515 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3516 3517 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3518 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3519 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3520 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3521 3522 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3523 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3524 SourceLocation Loc, 3525 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3526 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3527 3528 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3529 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3530 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3531 ParsedType ObjectType, 3532 bool EnteringContext); 3533 3534 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3535 3536 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3537 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3538 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3539 3540 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3541 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3542 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3543 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3544 Declarator &D, 3545 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3546 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3547 Expr *E, 3548 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3549 3550 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3551 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3552 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3553 Expr *E, 3554 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3555 SourceRange Parens); 3556 3557 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3558 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3559 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3560 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3561 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3562 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3563 Expr *Operand, 3564 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3565 3566 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3567 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3568 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3569 void *TyOrExpr, 3570 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3571 3572 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3573 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3574 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3576 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3577 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3578 Expr *Operand, 3579 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3580 3581 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3582 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3583 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3584 void *TyOrExpr, 3585 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3586 3587 3588 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3589 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3590 3591 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3592 /// 3593 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3594 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3595 3596 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3597 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3598 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3599 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3600 3601 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3602 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3603 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3604 Sema &S; 3605 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3606 bool Enabled; 3607 3608 public: 3609 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3610 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3611 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3612 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3613 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3614 bool Enabled = true); 3615 3616 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3617 }; 3618 3619 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3620 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3621 /// 3622 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3623 /// 3624 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3625 /// capture list. 3626 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3627 3628 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3629 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3630 /// being defined. 3631 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3632 3633 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3634 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3635 3636 3637 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3638 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3639 3640 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3641 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3642 3643 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3644 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3645 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3646 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3647 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3648 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3649 3650 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3651 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3652 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3653 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3654 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3656 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3657 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3658 3659 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3660 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3661 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3662 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3663 3664 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3665 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3666 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3667 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3668 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3669 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3670 Expr *Initializer); 3671 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3672 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3673 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3674 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3675 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3676 QualType AllocType, 3677 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3678 Expr *ArraySize, 3679 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3680 Expr *Initializer, 3681 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3682 3683 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3684 SourceRange R); 3685 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3686 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3687 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3688 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3689 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3690 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3691 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3692 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3693 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3694 bool Diagnose = true); 3695 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3696 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3697 QualType Argument, 3698 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3699 3700 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3701 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3702 bool Diagnose = true); 3703 3704 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3705 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3706 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3707 Expr *Operand); 3708 3709 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3710 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3711 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3712 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3713 3714 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3715 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3716 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3717 SourceLocation RParen); 3718 3719 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3720 /// pseudo-functions. 3721 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3722 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3723 ParsedType Ty, 3724 SourceLocation RParen); 3725 3726 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3727 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3728 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3729 SourceLocation RParen); 3730 3731 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3732 /// pseudo-functions. 3733 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3734 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3735 ParsedType LhsTy, 3736 ParsedType RhsTy, 3737 SourceLocation RParen); 3738 3739 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3740 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3741 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3742 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3743 SourceLocation RParen); 3744 3745 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3746 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3747 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3748 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3749 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3750 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3751 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3752 3753 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3754 /// pseudo-functions. 3755 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3756 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3757 ParsedType LhsTy, 3758 Expr *DimExpr, 3759 SourceLocation RParen); 3760 3761 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3762 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3763 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3764 Expr *DimExpr, 3765 SourceLocation RParen); 3766 3767 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3768 /// pseudo-functions. 3769 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3770 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3771 Expr *Queried, 3772 SourceLocation RParen); 3773 3774 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3775 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3776 Expr *Queried, 3777 SourceLocation RParen); 3778 3779 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3780 Expr *Base, 3781 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3782 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3783 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3784 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3785 3786 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3787 3788 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3789 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3790 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3791 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3792 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3793 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3794 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3795 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3796 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3797 3798 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3799 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3800 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3801 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3802 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3803 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3804 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3805 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3806 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3807 3808 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3809 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3810 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3811 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3812 const DeclSpec& DS, 3813 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3814 3815 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3816 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3817 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3818 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3819 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3820 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3821 3822 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3823 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3824 : SourceLocation()); 3825 } 3826 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3827 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3828 3829 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3830 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3831 3832 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3833 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3834 bool EnteringContext = false); 3835 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3836 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3837 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3838 3839 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3840 /// 3841 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3842 /// 3843 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3844 /// 3845 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3846 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3847 /// 3848 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3849 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3850 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3851 3852 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3853 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3854 3855 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3856 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3857 IdentifierInfo &II, 3858 ParsedType ObjectType); 3859 3860 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3861 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3862 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3863 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3864 QualType ObjectType, 3865 bool EnteringContext, 3866 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3867 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3868 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3869 3870 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3871 /// 3872 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3873 /// 3874 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3875 /// 3876 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3877 /// 3878 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3879 /// 3880 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3881 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3882 /// 3883 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3884 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3885 /// 3886 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3887 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3888 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3889 /// including this new type). 3890 /// 3891 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3892 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3893 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3894 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3895 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3896 ParsedType ObjectType, 3897 bool EnteringContext, 3898 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3899 3900 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3901 3902 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3903 const DeclSpec &DS, 3904 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3905 3906 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3907 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3908 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3909 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3910 ParsedType ObjectType, 3911 bool EnteringContext); 3912 3913 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3914 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3915 /// 3916 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3917 /// 3918 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3919 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3920 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3921 /// including this new type). 3922 /// 3923 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3924 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3925 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3926 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3927 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3928 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3929 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3930 /// 3931 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3932 /// nested-name-specifier. 3933 /// 3934 /// 3935 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3936 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3937 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3938 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3939 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3940 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3941 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3942 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3943 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3944 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3945 bool EnteringContext); 3946 3947 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3948 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3949 /// nested-name-specifier. 3950 /// 3951 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3952 /// 3953 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3954 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3955 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3956 3957 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3958 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3959 /// 3960 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3961 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3962 /// 3963 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3964 /// 3965 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3966 /// of the annotation pointer. 3967 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3968 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3969 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3970 3971 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3972 3973 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3974 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3975 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3976 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3977 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3978 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3979 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3980 3981 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3982 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3983 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3984 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3985 /// defining scope. 3986 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3987 3988 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3989 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3990 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3991 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3992 /// class X. 3993 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3994 3995 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3996 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3997 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3998 3999 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4000 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4001 bool KnownDependent = false); 4002 4003 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4004 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4005 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4006 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4007 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4008 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 4009 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 4010 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 4011 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 4012 4013 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4014 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4015 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4016 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4017 bool ExplicitParams, 4018 bool ExplicitResultType, 4019 bool Mutable); 4020 4021 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4022 /// given lambda. 4023 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4024 4025 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4026 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4027 4028 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4029 /// statements present in the body. 4030 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4031 4032 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4033 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4034 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4035 /// lambda. 4036 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4037 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4038 4039 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4040 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4041 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4042 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4043 4044 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4045 /// was successfully completed. 4046 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4047 Scope *CurScope, 4048 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4049 4050 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4051 /// function pointer. 4052 /// 4053 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4054 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4055 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4056 /// block pointer conversion. 4057 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4058 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4059 4060 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4061 /// block pointer. 4062 /// 4063 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4064 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4065 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4066 /// block pointer conversion. 4067 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4068 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4069 4070 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4071 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4072 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4073 Expr *Src); 4074 4075 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4076 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4077 Expr **Strings, 4078 unsigned NumStrings); 4079 4080 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4081 4082 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4083 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4084 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4085 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4086 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4087 bool Value); 4088 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4089 4090 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4091 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4092 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4093 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4094 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4095 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4096 4097 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4098 Expr *IndexExpr, 4099 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4100 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4101 4102 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4103 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4104 unsigned NumElements); 4105 4106 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4107 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4108 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4109 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4110 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4111 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4112 4113 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4114 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4115 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4116 ParsedType Ty, 4117 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4118 4119 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4120 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4121 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4122 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4123 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4124 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4125 4126 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4127 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4128 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4129 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4130 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4131 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4132 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4133 4134 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4135 // C++ Declarations 4136 // 4137 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4138 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4139 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4140 StringRef Lang, 4141 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4142 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4143 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4144 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4145 4146 4147 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4148 // C++ Classes 4149 // 4150 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4151 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4152 4153 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4154 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4155 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4156 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4157 4158 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4159 Declarator &D, 4160 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4161 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4162 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4163 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4164 Expr *Init); 4165 4166 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4167 Scope *S, 4168 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4169 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4170 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4171 const DeclSpec &DS, 4172 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4173 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4174 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4175 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4176 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4177 4178 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4179 Scope *S, 4180 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4181 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4182 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4183 const DeclSpec &DS, 4184 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4185 Expr *InitList, 4186 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4187 4188 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4189 Scope *S, 4190 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4191 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4192 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4193 const DeclSpec &DS, 4194 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4195 Expr *Init, 4196 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4197 4198 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4199 Expr *Init, 4200 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4201 4202 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4203 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4204 Expr *Init, 4205 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4206 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4207 4208 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4209 Expr *Init, 4210 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4211 4212 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4213 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4214 4215 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4216 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4217 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4218 4219 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4220 4221 4222 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4223 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4224 /// referenced. 4225 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4226 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4227 4228 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4229 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4230 /// first use occurred. 4231 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4232 4233 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4234 /// materialized. 4235 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4236 4237 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4238 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4239 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4240 /// by code generation). 4241 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4242 4243 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4244 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4245 4246 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4247 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4248 DynamicClassesType; 4249 4250 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4251 /// unit. 4252 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4253 4254 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4255 /// given location. 4256 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4257 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4258 4259 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4260 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4261 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4262 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4263 4264 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4265 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4266 /// vtables. 4267 /// 4268 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4269 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4270 4271 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4272 4273 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4274 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4275 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4276 unsigned NumMemInits, 4277 bool AnyErrors); 4278 4279 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4280 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4281 Decl *TagDecl, 4282 SourceLocation LBrac, 4283 SourceLocation RBrac, 4284 AttributeList *AttrList); 4285 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4286 4287 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4288 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4289 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4290 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4291 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4292 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4293 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4294 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4295 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4296 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4297 4298 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4299 Expr *AssertExpr, 4300 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4301 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4302 4303 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4304 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4305 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4306 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4307 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4308 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4309 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4310 4311 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4312 StorageClass& SC); 4313 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4314 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4315 StorageClass& SC); 4316 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4317 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4318 StorageClass& SC); 4319 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4320 4321 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4322 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4323 4324 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4325 // C++ Derived Classes 4326 // 4327 4328 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4329 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4330 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4331 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4332 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4333 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4334 4335 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4336 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4337 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4338 ParsedType basetype, 4339 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4340 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4341 4342 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4343 unsigned NumBases); 4344 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4345 unsigned NumBases); 4346 4347 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4348 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4349 4350 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4351 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4352 4353 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4354 4355 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4356 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4357 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4358 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4359 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4360 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4361 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4362 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4363 DeclarationName Name, 4364 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4365 4366 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4367 4368 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4369 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4370 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4371 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4372 4373 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4374 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4375 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4376 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4377 4378 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4379 4380 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4381 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4382 4383 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4384 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4385 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4386 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4387 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4388 4389 4390 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4391 // C++ Access Control 4392 // 4393 4394 enum AccessResult { 4395 AR_accessible, 4396 AR_inaccessible, 4397 AR_dependent, 4398 AR_delayed 4399 }; 4400 4401 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4402 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4403 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4404 4405 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4406 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4407 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4408 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4409 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4410 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4411 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4412 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4413 bool Diagnose = true); 4414 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4415 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4416 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4417 AccessSpecifier Access, 4418 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4419 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4420 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4421 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4422 AccessSpecifier Access, 4423 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4424 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4425 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4426 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4427 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4428 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4429 NamedDecl *D, 4430 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4431 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4432 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4433 Expr *ArgExpr, 4434 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4435 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4436 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4437 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4438 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4439 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4440 unsigned DiagID, 4441 bool ForceCheck = false, 4442 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4443 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4444 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4445 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4446 AccessSpecifier access, 4447 QualType objectType); 4448 4449 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4450 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4451 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4452 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4453 4454 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4455 4456 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4457 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4458 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4459 4460 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4461 AbstractNone = -1, 4462 AbstractReturnType, 4463 AbstractParamType, 4464 AbstractVariableType, 4465 AbstractFieldType, 4466 AbstractArrayType 4467 }; 4468 4469 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4470 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4471 template<typename T1> 4472 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4473 unsigned DiagID, 4474 const T1 &Arg1) { 4475 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4476 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4477 } 4478 4479 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4480 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4481 unsigned DiagID, 4482 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4483 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4484 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4485 } 4486 4487 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4488 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4489 unsigned DiagID, 4490 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4491 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4492 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4493 } 4494 4495 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4496 4497 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4498 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4499 4500 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4501 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4502 // 4503 4504 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4505 4506 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4507 4508 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4509 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4510 // 4511 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4512 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4513 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4514 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4515 4516 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4517 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4518 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4519 4520 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4521 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4522 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4523 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4524 ParsedType ObjectType, 4525 bool EnteringContext, 4526 TemplateTy &Template, 4527 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4528 4529 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4530 SourceLocation IILoc, 4531 Scope *S, 4532 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4533 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4534 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4535 4536 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4537 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4538 4539 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4540 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4541 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4542 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4543 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4544 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4545 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4546 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4547 4548 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4549 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4550 unsigned Depth, 4551 unsigned Position, 4552 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4553 Expr *DefaultArg); 4554 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4555 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4556 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4557 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4558 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4559 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4560 unsigned Depth, 4561 unsigned Position, 4562 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4563 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4564 4565 TemplateParameterList * 4566 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4567 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4568 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4569 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4570 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4571 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4572 4573 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4574 /// list. 4575 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4576 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4577 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4578 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4579 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4580 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4581 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4582 }; 4583 4584 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4585 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4586 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4587 TemplateParameterList * 4588 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4589 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4590 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4591 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4592 unsigned NumParamLists, 4593 bool IsFriend, 4594 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4595 bool &Invalid); 4596 4597 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4598 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4599 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4600 AttributeList *Attr, 4601 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4602 AccessSpecifier AS, 4603 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4604 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4605 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4606 4607 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4608 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4609 4610 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4611 4612 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4613 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4614 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4615 4616 TypeResult 4617 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4618 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4619 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4620 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4621 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4622 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4623 4624 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4625 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4626 /// 4627 /// \param TUK 4628 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4629 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4630 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4631 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4632 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4633 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4634 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4635 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4636 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4637 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4638 4639 4640 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4641 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4642 LookupResult &R, 4643 bool RequiresADL, 4644 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4645 4646 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4647 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4648 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4649 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4650 4651 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4652 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4653 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4654 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4655 ParsedType ObjectType, 4656 bool EnteringContext, 4657 TemplateTy &Template); 4658 4659 DeclResult 4660 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4661 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4662 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4663 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4664 TemplateTy Template, 4665 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4666 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4667 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4668 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4669 AttributeList *Attr, 4670 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4671 4672 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4673 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4674 Declarator &D); 4675 4676 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4677 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4678 Declarator &D); 4679 4680 bool 4681 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4682 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4683 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4684 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4685 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4686 bool &SuppressNew); 4687 4688 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4689 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4690 LookupResult &Previous); 4691 4692 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4693 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4694 LookupResult &Previous); 4695 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4696 4697 DeclResult 4698 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4699 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4700 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4701 unsigned TagSpec, 4702 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4703 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4704 TemplateTy Template, 4705 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4706 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4707 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4708 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4709 AttributeList *Attr); 4710 4711 DeclResult 4712 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4713 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4714 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4715 unsigned TagSpec, 4716 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4717 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4718 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4719 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4720 AttributeList *Attr); 4721 4722 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4723 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4724 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4725 Declarator &D); 4726 4727 TemplateArgumentLoc 4728 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4729 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4730 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4731 Decl *Param, 4732 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4733 4734 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4735 /// argument is being checked. 4736 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4737 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4738 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4739 CTAK_Specified, 4740 4741 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4742 /// deduction. 4743 CTAK_Deduced, 4744 4745 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4746 /// via template argument deduction. 4747 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4748 }; 4749 4750 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4751 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4752 NamedDecl *Template, 4753 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4754 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4755 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4756 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4757 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4758 4759 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4760 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4761 /// 4762 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4763 /// provided. 4764 /// 4765 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4766 /// 4767 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4768 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4769 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4770 /// arguments. 4771 /// 4772 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4773 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4774 /// set of template arguments. 4775 /// 4776 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4777 /// arguments. 4778 /// 4779 /// 4780 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4781 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4782 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4783 /// 4784 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4785 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4786 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4787 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4788 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4789 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4790 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4791 4792 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4793 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4794 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4795 4796 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4797 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4798 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4799 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4800 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4801 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4802 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4803 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4804 4805 ExprResult 4806 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4807 QualType ParamType, 4808 SourceLocation Loc); 4809 ExprResult 4810 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4811 SourceLocation Loc); 4812 4813 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4814 /// for equality. 4815 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4816 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4817 /// that might be redeclarations. 4818 /// 4819 /// \code 4820 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4821 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4822 /// \endcode 4823 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4824 4825 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4826 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4827 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4828 /// 4829 /// \code 4830 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4831 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4832 /// \endcode 4833 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4834 4835 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4836 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4837 /// template parameter. 4838 /// 4839 /// \code 4840 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4841 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4842 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4843 /// \endcode 4844 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4845 }; 4846 4847 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4848 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4849 bool Complain, 4850 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4851 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4852 = SourceLocation()); 4853 4854 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4855 4856 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4857 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4858 /// 4859 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4860 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4861 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4862 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4863 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4864 TypeResult 4865 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4866 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4867 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4868 4869 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4870 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4871 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4872 /// 4873 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4874 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4875 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4876 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4877 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4878 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4879 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4880 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4881 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4882 TypeResult 4883 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4884 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4885 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4886 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4887 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4888 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4889 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4890 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4891 4892 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4893 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4894 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4895 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4896 SourceLocation IILoc); 4897 4898 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4899 SourceLocation Loc, 4900 DeclarationName Name); 4901 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4902 4903 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4904 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4905 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4906 4907 std::string 4908 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4909 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4910 4911 std::string 4912 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4913 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4914 unsigned NumArgs); 4915 4916 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4917 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4918 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4919 4920 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4921 /// being diagnosed. 4922 /// 4923 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4924 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4925 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4926 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4927 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4928 4929 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4930 UPPC_BaseType, 4931 4932 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4933 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4934 4935 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4936 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4937 4938 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4939 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4940 4941 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4942 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4943 4944 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4945 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4946 4947 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4948 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4949 4950 /// \brief A using declaration. 4951 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4952 4953 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4954 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4955 4956 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4957 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4958 4959 /// \brief An initializer. 4960 UPPC_Initializer, 4961 4962 /// \brief A default argument. 4963 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4964 4965 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4966 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4967 4968 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4969 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4970 4971 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4972 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4973 4974 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4975 UPPC_IfExists, 4976 4977 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4978 UPPC_IfNotExists, 4979 4980 /// \brief Lambda expression. 4981 UPPC_Lambda, 4982 4983 /// \brief Block expression, 4984 UPPC_Block 4985}; 4986 4987 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4988 /// 4989 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4990 /// 4991 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4992 /// parameter packs. 4993 /// 4994 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4995 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4996 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4997 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4998 4999 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5000 /// diagnose the error. 5001 /// 5002 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5003 /// 5004 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5005 /// packs. 5006 /// 5007 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5008 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5009 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5010 5011 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5012 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5013 /// 5014 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5015 /// parameter packs. 5016 /// 5017 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5018 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5019 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5020 5021 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5022 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5023 /// 5024 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5025 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5026 /// 5027 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5028 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5029 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5030 5031 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5032 /// diagnose the error. 5033 /// 5034 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5035 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5036 /// 5037 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5038 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5039 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5040 5041 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5042 /// diagnose the error. 5043 /// 5044 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5045 /// 5046 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5047 /// parameter packs. 5048 /// 5049 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5050 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5051 TemplateName Template, 5052 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5053 5054 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5055 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5056 /// 5057 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5058 /// parameter packs. 5059 /// 5060 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5061 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5062 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5063 5064 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5065 /// template argument. 5066 /// 5067 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5068 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5069 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5070 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5071 5072 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5073 /// template argument. 5074 /// 5075 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5076 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5077 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5078 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5079 5080 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5081 /// type. 5082 /// 5083 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5084 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5085 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5086 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5087 5088 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5089 /// type. 5090 /// 5091 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5092 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5093 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5094 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5095 5096 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5097 /// nested-name-specifier. 5098 /// 5099 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5100 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5101 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5102 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5103 5104 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5105 /// name. 5106 /// 5107 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5108 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5109 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5110 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5111 5112 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5113 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5114 /// 5115 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5116 /// may already be invalid. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5119 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5120 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5121 5122 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5123 /// creates a pack expansion. 5124 /// 5125 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5126 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5127 /// 5128 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5129 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5130 5131 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5132 /// expansion. 5133 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5134 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5135 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5136 5137 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5138 /// expansion. 5139 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5140 SourceRange PatternRange, 5141 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5142 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5143 5144 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5145 /// creates a pack expansion. 5146 /// 5147 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5148 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5151 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5152 5153 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5154 /// creates a pack expansion. 5155 /// 5156 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5157 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5158 /// 5159 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5160 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5161 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5162 5163 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5164 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5165 /// transforming the pattern. 5166 /// 5167 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5168 /// pack expansion. 5169 /// 5170 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5171 /// the pack expansion. 5172 /// 5173 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5174 /// pattern. 5175 /// 5176 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5177 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5178 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5179 /// 5180 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5181 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5182 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5183 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5186 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5187 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5188 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5189 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5190 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5191 /// set this value in other cases. 5192 /// 5193 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5194 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5195 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5196 /// must be set. 5197 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5198 SourceRange PatternRange, 5199 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5200 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5201 bool &ShouldExpand, 5202 bool &RetainExpansion, 5203 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5204 5205 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5206 /// type. 5207 /// 5208 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5209 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5210 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5211 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5212 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5213 5214 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5215 /// parameter packs. 5216 /// 5217 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5218 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5219 /// 5220 /// \code 5221 /// void f(T...); 5222 /// \endcode 5223 /// 5224 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5225 /// a variadic function. 5226 /// 5227 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5228 /// false otherwise. 5229 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5230 5231 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5232 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5233 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5234 5235 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5236 /// 5237 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5238 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5239 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5240 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5241 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5242 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5243 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5244 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5245 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5246 TDK_Success = 0, 5247 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5248 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5249 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5250 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5251 /// for every template parameter. 5252 TDK_Incomplete, 5253 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5254 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5255 TDK_Inconsistent, 5256 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5257 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5258 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5259 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5260 TDK_Underqualified, 5261 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5262 /// resulted in an error. 5263 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5264 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5265 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5266 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5267 /// arguments provided. 5268 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5269 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5270 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5271 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5272 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5273 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5274 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5275 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5276 /// template arguments for the given template. 5277 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5278 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5279 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5280 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5281 }; 5282 5283 TemplateDeductionResult 5284 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5285 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5286 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5287 5288 TemplateDeductionResult 5289 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5290 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5291 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5292 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5293 QualType *FunctionType, 5294 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5295 5296 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5297 // deduction for a call. 5298 struct OriginalCallArg { 5299 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5300 unsigned ArgIdx, 5301 QualType OriginalArgType) 5302 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5303 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5304 5305 QualType OriginalParamType; 5306 unsigned ArgIdx; 5307 QualType OriginalArgType; 5308 }; 5309 5310 TemplateDeductionResult 5311 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5312 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5313 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5314 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5315 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5316 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5317 5318 TemplateDeductionResult 5319 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5320 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5321 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5322 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5323 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5324 5325 TemplateDeductionResult 5326 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5327 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5328 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5329 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5330 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5331 5332 TemplateDeductionResult 5333 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5334 QualType ToType, 5335 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5336 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5337 5338 TemplateDeductionResult 5339 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5340 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5341 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5342 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5343 5344 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5345 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5346 DAR_Succeeded, 5347 DAR_Failed, 5348 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5349 }; 5350 5351 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5352 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5353 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5354 5355 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5356 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5357 SourceLocation Loc, 5358 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5359 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5360 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5361 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5362 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5363 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5364 SourceLocation Loc, 5365 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5366 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5367 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5368 bool Complain = true, 5369 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5370 5371 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5372 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5373 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5374 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5375 SourceLocation Loc); 5376 5377 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5378 bool OnlyDeduced, 5379 unsigned Depth, 5380 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5381 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5382 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5383 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5384 } 5385 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5386 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5387 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5388 5389 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5390 // C++ Template Instantiation 5391 // 5392 5393 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5394 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5395 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5396 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5397 5398 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5399 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5400 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5401 enum InstantiationKind { 5402 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5403 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5404 TemplateInstantiation, 5405 5406 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5407 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5408 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5409 /// arguments as specified. 5410 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5411 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5412 5413 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5414 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5415 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5416 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5417 5418 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5419 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5420 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5421 5422 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5423 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5424 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5425 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5426 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5427 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5428 5429 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5430 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5431 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5432 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5433 5434 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5435 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5436 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5437 5438 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5439 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5440 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5441 } Kind; 5442 5443 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5444 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5445 5446 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5447 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5448 /// arguments. 5449 NamedDecl *Template; 5450 5451 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5452 uintptr_t Entity; 5453 5454 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5455 /// are not part of the entity. 5456 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5457 5458 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5459 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5460 5461 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5462 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5463 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5464 5465 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5466 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5467 /// template instantiation. 5468 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5469 5470 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5471 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5472 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5473 5474 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5475 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5476 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5477 5478 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5479 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5480 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5481 return false; 5482 5483 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5484 return false; 5485 5486 switch (X.Kind) { 5487 case TemplateInstantiation: 5488 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5489 return true; 5490 5491 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5492 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5493 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5494 return false; 5495 5496 // Fall through 5497 5498 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5499 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5500 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5501 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5502 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5503 5504 } 5505 5506 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5507 } 5508 5509 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5510 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5511 return !(X == Y); 5512 } 5513 }; 5514 5515 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5516 /// 5517 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5518 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5519 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5520 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5521 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5522 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5523 5524 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5525 /// template instantiation. 5526 /// 5527 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5528 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5529 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5530 5531 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5532 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5533 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5534 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5535 5536 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5537 /// error or warning was produced. 5538 /// 5539 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5540 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5541 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5542 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5543 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5544 5545 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5546 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5547 /// 5548 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5549 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5550 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5551 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5552 5553 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5554 /// within a \c Sema object. 5555 /// 5556 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5557 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5558 Sema &Self; 5559 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5560 5561 public: 5562 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5563 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5564 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5565 } 5566 5567 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5568 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5569 } 5570 }; 5571 5572 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5573 5574 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5575 /// 5576 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5577 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5578 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5579 5580 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5581 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5582 /// deduction. 5583 /// 5584 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5585 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5586 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5587 5588 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5589 /// instantiation. 5590 /// 5591 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5592 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5593 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5594 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5595 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5596 /// 5597 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5598 /// the stack. 5599 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5600 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5601 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5602 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5603 Decl *Entity, 5604 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5605 5606 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5607 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5608 /// of a function template. 5609 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5610 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5611 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5612 5613 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5614 /// template-id. 5615 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5616 TemplateDecl *Template, 5617 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5618 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5619 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5620 5621 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5622 /// template-id. 5623 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5624 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5625 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5626 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5627 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5628 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5629 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5630 5631 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5632 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5633 /// specialization. 5634 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5635 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5636 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5637 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5638 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5639 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5640 5641 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5642 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5643 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5644 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5645 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5646 5647 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5648 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5649 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5650 NamedDecl *Template, 5651 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5652 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5653 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5654 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5655 5656 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5657 NamedDecl *Template, 5658 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5659 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5660 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5661 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5662 5663 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5664 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5665 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5666 TemplateDecl *Template, 5667 NamedDecl *Param, 5668 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5669 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5670 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5671 5672 5673 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5674 void Clear(); 5675 5676 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5677 5678 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5679 /// recursive template instantiations. 5680 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5681 5682 private: 5683 Sema &SemaRef; 5684 bool Invalid; 5685 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5686 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5687 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5688 5689 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5690 5691 InstantiatingTemplate& 5692 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5693 }; 5694 5695 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5696 5697 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5698 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5699 /// errors. 5700 /// 5701 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5702 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5703 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5704 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5705 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5706 5707 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5708 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5709 /// deduction.` 5710 class SFINAETrap { 5711 Sema &SemaRef; 5712 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5713 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5714 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5715 5716 public: 5717 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5718 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5719 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5720 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5721 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5722 { 5723 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5724 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5725 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5726 } 5727 5728 ~SFINAETrap() { 5729 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5730 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5731 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5732 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5733 } 5734 5735 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5736 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5737 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5738 } 5739 }; 5740 5741 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5742 /// variables. 5743 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5744 5745 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5746 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5747 5748 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5749 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5750 5751 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5752 /// name lookup. 5753 /// 5754 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5755 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5756 /// string represents a keyword. 5757 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5758 5759 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5760 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5761 5762 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5763 /// 5764 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5765 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5766 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5767 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5768 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5769 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5770 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5771 5772 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5773 /// but have not yet been performed. 5774 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5775 5776 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5777 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5778 /// 5779 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5780 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5781 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5782 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5783 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5784 5785 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5786 5787 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5788 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5789 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5790 5791 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5792 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5793 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5794 5795 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5797 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5798 5799 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5800 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5801 SourceLocation Loc, 5802 DeclarationName Entity, 5803 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5804 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5805 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5806 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5807 int indexAdjustment, 5808 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5809 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5810 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5811 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5812 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5813 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5814 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5815 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5816 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5817 5818 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5819 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5820 /// 5821 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5822 /// 5823 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5824 /// 5825 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5826 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5827 /// 5828 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5829 /// 5830 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5831 /// 5832 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5833 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5834 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5835 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5836 5837 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5838 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5839 5840 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5841 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5842 5843 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5844 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5845 bool CXXDirectInit); 5846 5847 bool 5848 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5849 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5850 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5851 5852 bool 5853 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5854 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5855 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5856 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5857 bool Complain = true); 5858 5859 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5860 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5861 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5862 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5863 5864 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5865 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5866 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5867 Decl *NewDecl; 5868 5869 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5870 Decl *D) 5871 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5872 { } 5873 }; 5874 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5875 5876 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5877 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5878 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5879 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5880 5881 bool 5882 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5883 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5884 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5885 bool Complain = true); 5886 5887 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5888 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5889 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5890 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5891 5892 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5893 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5894 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5895 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5896 5897 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5898 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5899 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5900 5901 DeclarationNameInfo 5902 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5903 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5904 TemplateName 5905 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5906 SourceLocation Loc, 5907 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5908 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5909 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5910 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5911 5912 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5913 FunctionDecl *Function); 5914 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5915 FunctionDecl *Function, 5916 bool Recursive = false, 5917 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5918 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5919 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5920 VarDecl *Var, 5921 bool Recursive = false, 5922 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5923 5924 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5925 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5926 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5927 5928 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5929 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5930 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5931 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5932 5933 // Objective-C declarations. 5934 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5935 OCK_None = -1, 5936 OCK_Interface = 0, 5937 OCK_Protocol, 5938 OCK_Category, 5939 OCK_ClassExtension, 5940 OCK_Implementation, 5941 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5942 }; 5943 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5944 5945 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5946 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5947 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5948 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5949 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5950 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5951 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5952 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5953 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5954 AttributeList *AttrList); 5955 5956 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5957 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5958 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5959 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5960 5961 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5962 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5963 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5964 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5965 5966 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5967 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5968 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5969 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5970 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5971 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5972 AttributeList *AttrList); 5973 5974 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5975 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5976 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5977 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5978 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5979 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5980 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5981 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5982 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5983 5984 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5985 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5986 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5987 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5988 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5989 5990 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5991 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5992 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5993 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5994 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5995 5996 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5997 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5998 5999 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6000 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6001 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6002 unsigned NumElts); 6003 6004 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6005 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6006 unsigned NumElts, 6007 AttributeList *attrList); 6008 6009 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6010 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6011 unsigned NumProtocols, 6012 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6013 6014 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6015 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6016 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6017 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6018 SourceLocation Loc, 6019 unsigned &Attributes, 6020 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6021 6022 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6023 /// setters and getters as needed. 6024 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6025 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6026 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6027 /// in class extension. 6028 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6029 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6030 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6031 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6032 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6033 6034 6035 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6036 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6037 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6038 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6039 6040 6041 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6042 6043 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6044 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6045 6046 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6047 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6048 6049 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6050 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6051 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6052 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6053 6054 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6055 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6056 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6057 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6058 bool *OverridingProperty, 6059 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6060 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6061 6062 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6063 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6064 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6065 bool ImplKind, 6066 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6067 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6068 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6069 6070 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6071 OSMK_None, 6072 OSMK_Alloc, 6073 OSMK_New, 6074 OSMK_Copy, 6075 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6076 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6077 }; 6078 6079 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6080 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6081 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6082 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6083 // in this case. 6084 ParsedType Type; 6085 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6086 6087 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6088 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6089 }; 6090 6091 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6092 Scope *S, 6093 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6094 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6095 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6096 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6097 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6098 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6099 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6100 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6101 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6102 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6103 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6104 6105 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6106 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6107 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6108 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6109 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6110 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6111 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6112 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6113 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6114 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6115 bool IsInstance); 6116 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6117 bool IsInstance); 6118 6119 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6120 6121 ExprResult 6122 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6123 Expr *BaseExpr, 6124 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6125 DeclarationName MemberName, 6126 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6127 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6128 bool Super); 6129 6130 ExprResult 6131 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6132 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6133 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6134 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6135 6136 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6137 6138 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6139 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6140 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6141 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6142 ObjCSuperMessage, 6143 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6144 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6145 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6146 /// name. 6147 ObjCClassMessage 6148 }; 6149 6150 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6151 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6152 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6153 bool IsSuper, 6154 bool HasTrailingDot, 6155 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6156 6157 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6158 Selector Sel, 6159 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6160 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6161 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6162 MultiExprArg Args); 6163 6164 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6165 QualType ReceiverType, 6166 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6167 Selector Sel, 6168 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6169 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6170 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6171 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6172 MultiExprArg Args, 6173 bool isImplicit = false); 6174 6175 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6176 bool isSuperReceiver, 6177 SourceLocation Loc, 6178 Selector Sel, 6179 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6180 MultiExprArg Args); 6181 6182 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6183 ParsedType Receiver, 6184 Selector Sel, 6185 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6186 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6187 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6188 MultiExprArg Args); 6189 6190 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6191 QualType ReceiverType, 6192 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6193 Selector Sel, 6194 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6195 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6196 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6197 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6198 MultiExprArg Args, 6199 bool isImplicit = false); 6200 6201 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6202 QualType ReceiverType, 6203 SourceLocation Loc, 6204 Selector Sel, 6205 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6206 MultiExprArg Args); 6207 6208 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6209 Expr *Receiver, 6210 Selector Sel, 6211 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6212 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6213 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6214 MultiExprArg Args); 6215 6216 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6217 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6218 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6219 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6220 Expr *SubExpr); 6221 6222 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6223 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6224 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6225 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6226 ParsedType Type, 6227 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6228 Expr *SubExpr); 6229 6230 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6231 6232 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6233 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6234 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6235 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6236 bool IsImplementation); 6237 6238 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6239 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6240 RTC_Compatible, 6241 RTC_Incompatible, 6242 RTC_Unknown 6243 }; 6244 6245 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6246 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6247 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6248 6249 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6250 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6251 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6252 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6253 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6254 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6255 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6256 }; 6257 6258 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6259 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6260 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6261 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6262 6263 enum PragmaPackKind { 6264 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6265 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6266 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6267 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6268 }; 6269 6270 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6271 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6272 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6273 }; 6274 6275 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6276 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6277 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6278 Expr *Alignment, 6279 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6280 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6281 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6282 6283 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6284 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6285 6286 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6287 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6288 Scope *curScope, 6289 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6290 6291 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6292 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6293 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6294 6295 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6296 SourceLocation Loc); 6297 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6298 6299 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6300 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6301 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6302 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6303 6304 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6305 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6306 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6307 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6308 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6309 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6310 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6311 6312 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6313 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6314 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6315 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6316 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6317 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6318 6319 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6320 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6321 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6322 6323 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6324 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6325 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6326 6327 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6328 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6329 6330 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6331 void FreePackedContext(); 6332 6333 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6334 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6335 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6336 SourceLocation Loc); 6337 6338 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6339 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6340 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6341 6342 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6343 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6344 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6345 6346 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6347 void FreeVisContext(); 6348 6349 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6350 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6351 /// the appropriate attribute. 6352 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6353 6354 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6355 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6356 bool isDeclSpec); 6357 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6358 bool isDeclSpec); 6359 6360 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6361 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6362 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6363 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6364 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6365 CCK_CStyleCast, 6366 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6367 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6368 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6369 CCK_OtherCast 6370 }; 6371 6372 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6373 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6374 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6375 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6376 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6377 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6378 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6379 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6380 6381 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6382 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6383 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6384 6385 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6386 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6387 /// required. 6388 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6389 6390 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6391 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6392 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6393 6394 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6395 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6396 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6397 6398 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6399 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6400 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6401 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6402 6403 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6404 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6405 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6406 // type. 6407 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6408 6409 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6410 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6411 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6412 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6413 6414 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6415 enum VariadicCallType { 6416 VariadicFunction, 6417 VariadicBlock, 6418 VariadicMethod, 6419 VariadicConstructor, 6420 VariadicDoesNotApply 6421 }; 6422 6423 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6424 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6425 Expr *Fn); 6426 6427 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6428 // vararg function. 6429 enum VarArgKind { 6430 VAK_Valid, 6431 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6432 VAK_Invalid 6433 }; 6434 6435 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6436 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6437 6438 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6439 /// form of call prototypes. 6440 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6441 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6442 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6443 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6444 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6445 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6446 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6447 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6448 6449 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6450 // will return ExprError() if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6451 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6452 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6453 6454 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6455 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6456 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6457 6458 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6459 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6460 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6461 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6462 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6463 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6464 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6465 6466 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6467 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6468 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6469 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6470 /// source and destination type. 6471 enum AssignConvertType { 6472 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6473 Compatible, 6474 6475 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6476 /// accept as an extension. 6477 PointerToInt, 6478 6479 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6480 /// accept as an extension. 6481 IntToPointer, 6482 6483 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6484 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6485 FunctionVoidPointer, 6486 6487 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6488 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6489 IncompatiblePointer, 6490 6491 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6492 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6493 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6494 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6495 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6496 6497 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6498 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6499 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6500 6501 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6502 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6503 /// like address spaces. 6504 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6505 6506 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6507 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6508 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6509 /// extension. 6510 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6511 6512 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6513 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6514 IncompatibleVectors, 6515 6516 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6517 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6518 IntToBlockPointer, 6519 6520 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6521 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6522 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6523 6524 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6525 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6526 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6527 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6528 6529 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6530 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6531 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6532 6533 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6534 /// represent it in the AST. 6535 Incompatible 6536 }; 6537 6538 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6539 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6540 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6541 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6542 SourceLocation Loc, 6543 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6544 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6545 bool *Complained = 0); 6546 6547 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6548 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6549 /// C99 6.5.16. 6550 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6551 QualType LHSType, 6552 QualType RHSType); 6553 6554 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6555 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6556 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6557 ExprResult &RHS, 6558 CastKind &Kind); 6559 6560 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6561 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6562 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6563 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6564 ExprResult &RHS, 6565 bool Diagnose = true); 6566 6567 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6568 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6569 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6570 ExprResult &RHS); 6571 6572 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6573 6574 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6575 6576 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6577 AssignmentAction Action, 6578 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6579 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6580 AssignmentAction Action, 6581 bool AllowExplicit, 6582 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6583 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6584 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6585 AssignmentAction Action, 6586 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6587 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6588 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6589 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6590 AssignmentAction Action, 6591 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6592 6593 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6594 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6595 6596 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6597 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6598 ExprResult &RHS); 6599 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6600 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6601 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6602 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6603 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6604 bool IsDivide); 6605 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6606 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6607 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6608 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6609 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6610 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6611 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6612 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6613 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6614 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6615 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6616 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6617 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6618 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6619 bool isRelational); 6620 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6621 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6622 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6623 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6624 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6625 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6626 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6627 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6628 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6629 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6630 6631 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6632 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6633 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6634 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6635 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6636 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6637 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6638 6639 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6640 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6641 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6642 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6643 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6644 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6645 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6646 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6647 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6648 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6649 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6650 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6651 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6652 NonStandardCompositeType); 6653 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6654 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6655 return Composite; 6656 } 6657 6658 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6659 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6660 6661 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6662 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6663 6664 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6665 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6666 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6667 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6668 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6669 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6670 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6671 SourceLocation Loc); 6672 6673 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6674 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6675 6676 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6677 6678 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6679 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6680 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6681 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6682 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6683 /// reference binding is not possible. 6684 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6685 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6686 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6687 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6688 Ref_Related, 6689 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6690 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6691 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6692 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6693 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6694 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6695 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6696 Ref_Compatible 6697 }; 6698 6699 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6700 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6701 bool &DerivedToBase, 6702 bool &ObjCConversion, 6703 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6704 6705 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6706 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6707 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6708 6709 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6710 /// given type. 6711 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6712 6713 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6714 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6715 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6716 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6717 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6718 CastKind &Kind); 6719 6720 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6721 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6722 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6723 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6724 // returns the cast expr 6725 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6726 CastKind &Kind); 6727 6728 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6729 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6730 Expr *CastExpr, 6731 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6732 6733 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6734 6735 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6736 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6737 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6738 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6739 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6740 6741 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6742 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6743 6744 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6745 QualType ExprType); 6746 6747 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6748 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6749 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6750 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6751 6752 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6753 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6754 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6755 6756 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6757 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6758 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6759 6760 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6761 /// \param Method - May be null. 6762 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6763 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6764 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6765 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6766 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6767 bool isSuperMessage, 6768 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6769 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6770 6771 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6772 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6773 /// and the form of the message send. 6774 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6775 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6776 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6777 6778 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6779 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6780 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6781 6782 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6783 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6784 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6785 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6786 /// 6787 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6788 /// 'if' keyword. 6789 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6790 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6791 6792 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6793 Expr *SubExpr); 6794 6795 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6796 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6797 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6798 6799 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6800 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6801 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6802 6803 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6804 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6805 6806 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6807 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6808 /// the specified diagnostic. 6809 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6810 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6811 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6812 6813 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6814 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6815 /// in the global scope. 6816 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6817 6818 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6819 /// expression violations. 6820 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6821 public: 6822 bool Suppress; 6823 6824 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6825 6826 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6827 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6828 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6829 }; 6830 6831 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6832 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6833 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6834 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6835 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6836 bool AllowFold = true); 6837 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6838 unsigned DiagID, 6839 bool AllowFold = true); 6840 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6841 6842 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6843 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6844 /// Returns false on success. 6845 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6846 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6847 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6848 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6849 6850 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6851 CFT_Device, 6852 CFT_Global, 6853 CFT_Host, 6854 CFT_HostDevice 6855 }; 6856 6857 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6858 6859 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6860 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6861 6862 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6863 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6864 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6865 } 6866 6867 /// \name Code completion 6868 //@{ 6869 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6870 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6871 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6872 PCC_Namespace, 6873 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6874 PCC_Class, 6875 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6876 /// or category. 6877 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6878 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6879 /// category implementation 6880 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6881 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6882 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6883 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6884 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6885 /// headers. 6886 PCC_Template, 6887 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6888 /// headers within a class. 6889 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6890 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6891 PCC_Expression, 6892 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6893 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6894 PCC_Statement, 6895 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6896 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6897 PCC_ForInit, 6898 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6899 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6900 PCC_Condition, 6901 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6902 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6903 /// in the grammar. 6904 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6905 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6906 PCC_Type, 6907 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6908 /// might also be a type cast. 6909 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6910 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6911 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6912 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6913 }; 6914 6915 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6916 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6917 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6918 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6919 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6920 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6921 6922 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6923 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6924 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6925 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6926 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6927 bool IsArrow); 6928 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6929 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6930 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6931 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6932 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6933 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6934 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6935 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6936 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6937 6938 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6939 bool EnteringContext); 6940 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6941 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6942 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6943 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6944 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6945 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6946 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6947 unsigned NumInitializers); 6948 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6949 bool AfterAmpersand); 6950 6951 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6952 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6953 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6954 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6955 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6956 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6957 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6958 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6959 bool IsParameter); 6960 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6961 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6962 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6963 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6964 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6965 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6966 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6967 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6968 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6969 bool IsSuper = false); 6970 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6971 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6972 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6973 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6974 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6975 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6976 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6977 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6978 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6979 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6980 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6981 unsigned NumProtocols); 6982 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6983 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6984 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6985 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6986 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6987 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6988 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6989 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6990 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6991 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6992 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6993 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6994 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6995 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6996 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6997 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6998 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6999 ParsedType ReturnType); 7000 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7001 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7002 bool AtParameterName, 7003 ParsedType ReturnType, 7004 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7005 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7006 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7007 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7008 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7009 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7010 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7011 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7012 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7013 unsigned Argument); 7014 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7015 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7016 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7017 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7018 //@} 7019 7020 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7021 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7022 7023public: 7024 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7025 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7026 7027private: 7028 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7029 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7030 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7031 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7032 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7033 // FunctionDeclaration. 7034 struct FormatStringInfo { 7035 unsigned FormatIdx; 7036 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7037 bool HasVAListArg; 7038 }; 7039 7040 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7041 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7042 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7043 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7044 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7045 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7046 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7047 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7048 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7049 Expr **Args, 7050 unsigned NumArgs, 7051 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7052 SourceLocation Loc); 7053 7054 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7055 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7056 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7057 VariadicCallType CallType); 7058 7059 7060 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7061 7062 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7063 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7064 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7065 7066 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7067 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7068 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7069 7070public: 7071 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7072 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7073 7074private: 7075 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7076 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7077 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7078 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7079 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7080 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7081 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7082 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7083 7084 enum FormatStringType { 7085 FST_Scanf, 7086 FST_Printf, 7087 FST_NSString, 7088 FST_Strftime, 7089 FST_Strfmon, 7090 FST_Kprintf, 7091 FST_Unknown 7092 }; 7093 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7094 7095 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7096 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7097 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7098 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7099 }; 7100 7101 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7102 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7103 bool HasVAListArg, 7104 unsigned format_idx, 7105 unsigned firstDataArg, 7106 FormatStringType Type, 7107 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7108 7109 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7110 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7111 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7112 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7113 7114 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7115 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7116 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7117 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7118 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7119 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7120 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7121 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7122 7123 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7124 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7125 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7126 7127 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7128 unsigned BId, 7129 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7130 7131 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7132 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7133 7134 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7135 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7136 7137 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7138 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7139 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7140 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7141 7142 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7143 Expr *Init); 7144 7145 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7146 /// 7147 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7148 Scope *CurScope; 7149 7150protected: 7151 friend class Parser; 7152 friend class InitializationSequence; 7153 friend class ASTReader; 7154 friend class ASTWriter; 7155 7156public: 7157 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7158 /// 7159 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7160 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7161 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7162 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7163 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7164 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7165 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7166 7167 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7168 7169 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7170 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7171 } 7172 7173 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7174}; 7175 7176/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7177class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7178 Sema &Actions; 7179 7180public: 7181 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7182 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7183 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7184 bool IsDecltype = false) 7185 : Actions(Actions) { 7186 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7187 IsDecltype); 7188 } 7189 7190 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7191 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7192 } 7193}; 7194 7195} // end namespace clang 7196 7197#endif 7198